Daily bump.
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob2f7bca99ec24880ae69975160298b42476a2aae4
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
510 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
511 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
512 DEFHOOK
513 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
514 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
515 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
517 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
518 equals true and false otherwise",
519 bool, (void),
520 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
522 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
523 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
524 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
525 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
526 DEFHOOK
527 (select_section,
528 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
529 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
530 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
531 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
532 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
533 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
535 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
536 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
538 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
539 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
540 default_select_section)
542 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
543 alignment in bits. */
544 DEFHOOK
545 (select_rtx_section,
546 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
547 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
548 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
549 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
550 in bits.\n\
552 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
553 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
554 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
555 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
556 default_select_rtx_section)
558 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
559 for SELECT_SECTION. */
560 DEFHOOK
561 (unique_section,
562 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
563 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
564 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
565 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
567 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
568 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
569 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
570 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
571 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
572 default_unique_section)
574 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
575 DEFHOOK
576 (function_rodata_section,
577 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
578 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
579 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
580 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
581 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
582 otherwise.",
583 section *, (tree decl),
584 default_function_rodata_section)
586 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
587 for mergeable data sections. */
588 DEFHOOKPOD
589 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
590 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
591 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
592 the string if a different section name should be used.",
593 const char *, ".rodata")
595 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
596 DEFHOOK
597 (tm_clone_table_section,
598 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
599 tables.",
600 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
602 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
603 DEFHOOK
604 (constructor,
605 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
606 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
608 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
609 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
610 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
611 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
613 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
614 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
615 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
616 is not defined.",
617 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
619 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
620 DEFHOOK
621 (destructor,
622 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
623 functions rather than initialization functions.",
624 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
626 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
627 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
628 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
629 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
630 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
631 DEFHOOK
632 (output_mi_thunk,
633 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
634 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
635 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
636 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
637 the real function.\n\
639 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
640 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
641 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
642 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
643 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
644 all other incoming arguments.\n\
646 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
647 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
648 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
650 @smallexample\n\
651 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
652 @end smallexample\n\
654 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
655 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
656 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
657 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
659 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
660 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
661 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
662 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
664 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
665 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
666 some targets, but probably not.\n\
668 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
669 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
670 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
671 not support varargs.",
672 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
673 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
674 NULL)
676 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
677 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
678 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
679 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
680 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
681 text to the output file. */
682 DEFHOOK
683 (can_output_mi_thunk,
684 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
685 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
686 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
687 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
688 previously exposed.",
689 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
690 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
691 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
693 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
694 translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_start,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
698 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
699 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
700 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
701 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
702 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
703 void, (void),
704 default_file_start)
706 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
707 DEFHOOK
708 (file_end,
709 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
710 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
711 void, (void),
712 hook_void_void)
714 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
715 LTO output stream. */
716 DEFHOOK
717 (lto_start,
718 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
719 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
720 nothing.",
721 void, (void),
722 hook_void_void)
724 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
725 LTO output stream. */
726 DEFHOOK
727 (lto_end,
728 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
729 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
734 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
735 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (code_end,
738 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
739 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
740 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
741 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
742 nothing.",
743 void, (void),
744 hook_void_void)
746 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
747 external. */
748 DEFHOOK
749 (external_libcall,
750 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
751 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
752 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
753 void, (rtx symref),
754 default_external_libcall)
756 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
757 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
758 DEFHOOK
759 (mark_decl_preserved,
760 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
761 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
762 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
763 void, (const char *symbol),
764 hook_void_constcharptr)
766 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
767 DEFHOOK
768 (record_gcc_switches,
769 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
770 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
771 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
772 It can take the following values:\n\
774 @table @gcctabopt\n\
775 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
776 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
778 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
779 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
780 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
781 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
782 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
783 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
785 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
786 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
787 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
788 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
789 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
790 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
791 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
792 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
793 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
794 switches.\n\
796 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
797 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
799 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
800 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
801 @end table\n\
803 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
804 supported in the future.\n\
806 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
807 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
808 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
809 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
810 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
813 NULL)
815 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
816 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
817 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
818 this information. */
819 DEFHOOKPOD
820 (record_gcc_switches_section,
821 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
822 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
823 hook.",
824 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
826 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
827 DEFHOOK
828 (output_anchor,
829 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
830 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
831 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
832 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
834 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
835 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
836 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
837 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
838 void, (rtx x),
839 default_asm_output_anchor)
841 DEFHOOK
842 (output_ident,
843 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
844 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
845 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
846 directive.",
847 void, (const char *name),
848 hook_void_constcharptr)
850 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
851 DEFHOOK
852 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
853 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
854 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
855 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
856 NULL)
858 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
859 DEFHOOK
860 (final_postscan_insn,
861 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
862 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
863 if necessary.\n\
865 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
866 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
867 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
868 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
869 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
870 by checking the contents of the vector.",
871 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
872 NULL)
874 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
875 DEFHOOK
876 (trampoline_template,
877 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
878 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
879 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
880 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
882 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
883 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
884 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
885 to generate it on the spot.",
886 void, (FILE *f),
887 NULL)
889 DEFHOOK
890 (output_source_filename,
891 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
892 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
894 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
895 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
896 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
897 default_asm_output_source_filename)
899 DEFHOOK
900 (output_addr_const_extra,
901 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
902 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
903 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
904 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
906 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
907 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
908 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
909 return @code{true}.",
910 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
911 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
913 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
914 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
915 initializers. */
916 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
917 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
919 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
920 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
921 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
922 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
923 (print_operand,
925 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
926 default_print_operand)
928 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
929 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
930 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
931 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
932 (print_operand_address,
934 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
935 default_print_operand_address)
937 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
938 `print_operand' hook. */
939 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
940 not this hook. */
941 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
942 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
944 bool ,(unsigned char code),
945 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
947 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
948 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
949 DEFHOOK
950 (mangle_assembler_name,
951 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
952 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
953 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
954 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
955 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
956 tree, (const char *name),
957 default_mangle_assembler_name)
959 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
961 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
962 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
963 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
964 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
965 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
967 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
968 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
969 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
970 DEFHOOK
971 (adjust_cost,
972 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
973 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
974 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
975 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
976 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
977 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
978 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
979 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
980 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
981 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
982 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
983 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
984 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
985 unsigned int dw),
986 NULL)
988 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
989 DEFHOOK
990 (adjust_priority,
991 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
992 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
993 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
994 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
995 scheduling priorities of insns.",
996 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
998 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
999 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
1000 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
1001 DEFHOOK
1002 (issue_rate,
1003 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
1004 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
1005 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
1006 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
1007 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
1008 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
1009 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
1010 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1011 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1012 int, (void), NULL)
1014 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1015 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1016 DEFHOOK
1017 (variable_issue,
1018 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1019 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1020 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1021 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1022 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1023 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1024 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1025 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1026 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1027 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1028 was scheduled.",
1029 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1031 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1032 DEFHOOK
1033 (init,
1034 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1035 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1036 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1037 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1039 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1040 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1041 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1043 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1044 DEFHOOK
1045 (finish,
1046 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1047 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1048 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1049 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1050 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1051 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1052 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1054 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1055 DEFHOOK
1056 (init_global,
1057 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1058 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1059 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1060 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1061 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1063 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1064 DEFHOOK
1065 (finish_global,
1066 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1067 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1068 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1069 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1071 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1072 places. Default does nothing. */
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (reorder,
1075 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1076 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1077 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1078 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1079 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1080 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1081 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1082 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1083 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1084 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1085 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1086 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1087 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1088 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1089 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (reorder2,
1093 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1094 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1095 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1096 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1097 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1098 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1099 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1100 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1101 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1103 DEFHOOK
1104 (macro_fusion_p,
1105 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1106 bool, (void), NULL)
1108 DEFHOOK
1109 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1110 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1111 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1112 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1113 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1114 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1115 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1116 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1118 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1119 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1120 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1121 DEFHOOK
1122 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1123 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1124 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1125 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1126 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1127 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1128 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1129 calculated.",
1130 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1132 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1133 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1134 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1135 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1136 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1137 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1138 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1139 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1140 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1142 DEFHOOK
1143 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1144 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1145 void, (void), NULL)
1147 DEFHOOK
1148 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1149 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1150 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1151 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1152 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1153 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1154 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1155 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1156 rtx, (void), NULL)
1158 DEFHOOK
1159 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1160 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1161 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1162 void, (void), NULL)
1164 DEFHOOK
1165 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1166 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1167 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1168 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1169 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1171 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1172 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1173 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1174 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1176 DEFHOOK
1177 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1178 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1179 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1180 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1181 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1182 void, (void), NULL)
1184 DEFHOOK
1185 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1186 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1187 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1188 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1189 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1190 void, (void), NULL)
1192 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1193 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1194 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1195 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1196 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1197 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1198 insns on the same cycle. */
1199 DEFHOOK
1200 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1201 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1202 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1203 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1204 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1205 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1206 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1207 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1208 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1209 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1210 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1212 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1213 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1214 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1215 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1216 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1217 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1218 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1219 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1220 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1222 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1223 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1224 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1226 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1227 int, (void), NULL)
1229 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1230 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1231 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1232 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1233 DEFHOOK
1234 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1235 "\n\
1236 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1237 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1238 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1239 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1240 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1241 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1242 number of cycles.\n\
1243 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1244 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1245 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1247 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1248 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1250 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1251 scheduling.
1252 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1253 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1254 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1255 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1256 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1257 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1258 scheduling on current cycle. */
1259 DEFHOOK
1260 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1261 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1262 scheduling.",
1263 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1264 NULL)
1266 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1267 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1268 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1269 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1270 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1271 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1272 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1273 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1274 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1275 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1276 DEFHOOK
1277 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1278 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1279 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1280 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1282 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1283 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1284 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1285 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1286 described in DFA.
1287 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1288 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1289 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1290 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1291 DEFHOOK
1292 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1293 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1294 an instruction.",
1295 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1297 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1298 round of multipass scheduling.
1299 DATA is a pointer.
1300 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1301 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1302 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1303 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1304 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1305 DEFHOOK
1306 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1307 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1308 round of multipass scheduling.",
1309 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1311 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1312 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1313 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1314 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1315 described in DFA. */
1316 DEFHOOK
1317 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1318 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1319 void, (void *data), NULL)
1321 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1322 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1323 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1324 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1325 described in DFA. */
1326 DEFHOOK
1327 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1328 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1329 void, (void *data), NULL)
1331 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1332 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1333 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1334 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1335 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1336 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1337 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1338 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1339 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1340 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1341 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1342 DEFHOOK
1343 (dfa_new_cycle,
1344 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1345 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1346 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1347 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1348 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1349 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1350 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1351 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1352 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1353 and the current processor cycle.",
1354 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1355 int clock, int *sort_p),
1356 NULL)
1358 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1359 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1360 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1361 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1362 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1363 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1364 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1365 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1366 second insn (second parameter). */
1367 DEFHOOK
1368 (is_costly_dependence,
1369 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1370 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1371 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1372 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1373 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1374 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1375 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1376 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1377 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1378 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1380 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1381 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1382 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1383 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1384 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1385 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1386 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1387 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1389 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1390 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1391 that new instructions were emitted. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (h_i_d_extended,
1394 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1395 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1396 per instruction data structures.",
1397 void, (void), NULL)
1399 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1401 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1402 DEFHOOK
1403 (alloc_sched_context,
1404 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1405 void *, (void), NULL)
1407 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1408 DEFHOOK
1409 (init_sched_context,
1410 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1411 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1412 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1413 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1415 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1416 DEFHOOK
1417 (set_sched_context,
1418 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1419 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1421 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1422 DEFHOOK
1423 (clear_sched_context,
1424 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1425 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1427 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (free_sched_context,
1430 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1431 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1433 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler.
1435 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1436 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1437 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1438 It should return
1439 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1440 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1441 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1442 generated one. */
1443 DEFHOOK
1444 (speculate_insn,
1445 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1446 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1447 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1448 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1449 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1450 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1451 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1452 the generated speculative pattern.",
1453 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1455 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1456 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1457 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1458 DEFHOOK
1459 (needs_block_p,
1460 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1461 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1462 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1463 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1465 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1466 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1467 instruction.
1468 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1469 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1470 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1471 is being performed. */
1472 DEFHOOK
1473 (gen_spec_check,
1474 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1475 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1476 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1477 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1478 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1479 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1480 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1481 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1482 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1484 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1485 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1486 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1487 DEFHOOK
1488 (set_sched_flags,
1489 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1490 enabled/used.\n\
1491 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1492 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1493 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1495 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1496 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1497 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1498 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1500 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1501 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1502 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1503 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1505 DEFHOOK
1506 (can_speculate_insn,
1507 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1508 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1509 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1510 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1511 should not be speculated.",
1512 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1514 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1515 (skip_rtx_p,
1516 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1517 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1518 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1520 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1521 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1522 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1523 to ddg variable. */
1524 DEFHOOK
1525 (sms_res_mii,
1526 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1527 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1528 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1529 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1530 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1531 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1532 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1534 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1535 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1536 parameters. */
1537 DEFHOOK
1538 (dispatch_do,
1539 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1540 in its second parameter.",
1541 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1542 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1544 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1545 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1546 as the second parameter is true. */
1547 DEFHOOK
1548 (dispatch,
1549 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1550 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1551 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1552 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1554 DEFHOOKPOD
1555 (exposed_pipeline,
1556 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1557 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1558 also the latencies of operations.",
1559 bool, false)
1561 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1562 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1563 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1564 DEFHOOK
1565 (reassociation_width,
1566 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1567 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1568 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1569 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1571 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1572 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1573 DEFHOOK
1574 (fusion_priority,
1575 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1576 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1577 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1579 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1580 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1581 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1582 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1583 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1584 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1586 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1587 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1588 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1589 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1590 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1591 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1592 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1593 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1594 instructions.\n\
1596 Given below example:\n\
1598 @smallexample\n\
1599 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1600 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1601 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1602 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1603 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1604 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1605 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1607 @end smallexample\n\
1609 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1610 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1611 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1612 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1613 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1615 @smallexample\n\
1616 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1617 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1618 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1619 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1620 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1621 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1622 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1623 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1624 @end smallexample\n\
1626 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1627 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1628 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1630 @smallexample\n\
1631 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1632 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1633 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1634 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1635 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1636 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1637 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1638 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1639 @end smallexample\n\
1641 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1643 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1644 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1646 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1647 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1648 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1650 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1652 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1653 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1654 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1655 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1657 DEFHOOK
1658 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1659 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1660 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1661 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1662 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1663 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1664 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1666 DEFHOOK
1667 (adjust,
1668 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1669 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1670 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1672 DEFHOOK
1673 (usable,
1674 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1675 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1676 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1677 to use it.",
1678 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1682 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (vf,
1689 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1690 int, (void), NULL)
1692 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1694 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1695 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1696 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1697 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (validate_dims,
1701 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1702 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1703 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1704 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1705 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1706 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1707 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1708 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1709 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1710 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1711 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1712 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1714 DEFHOOK
1715 (dim_limit,
1716 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1717 or zero if unbounded.",
1718 int, (int axis),
1719 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (fork_join,
1723 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1724 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1725 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1726 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1727 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1728 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1729 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1730 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1731 default_goacc_fork_join)
1733 DEFHOOK
1734 (reduction,
1735 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1736 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1737 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1738 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1739 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1740 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1741 void, (gcall *call),
1742 default_goacc_reduction)
1744 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1746 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1747 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1748 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1749 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1751 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1752 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1753 function. */
1754 DEFHOOK
1755 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1756 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1757 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1758 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1759 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1761 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1762 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1763 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1764 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1765 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1766 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1767 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1768 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1769 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1770 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1771 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1773 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1774 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1775 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1776 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1777 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1778 described above.\n\
1779 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1780 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1781 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1782 tree, (void), NULL)
1784 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1785 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1786 DEFHOOK
1787 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1788 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1789 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1790 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1791 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1792 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1793 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1794 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1796 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1797 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1798 DEFHOOK
1799 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1800 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1801 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1802 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1803 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1804 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1805 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1807 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1808 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1809 DEFHOOK
1810 (builtin_conversion,
1811 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1812 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1813 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1814 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1815 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1817 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1818 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1819 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1820 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1821 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1823 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1824 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1825 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1826 DEFHOOK
1827 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1828 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1829 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1830 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1831 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1832 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1834 DEFHOOK
1835 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1836 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1837 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1838 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1839 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1840 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1841 for alignment.\n\
1843 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1844 correct for most targets.",
1845 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1846 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1848 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1849 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1850 DEFHOOK
1851 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1852 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1853 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1854 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1856 DEFHOOK
1857 (vec_perm_const,
1858 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1859 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1860 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1861 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1862 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1863 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1864 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1866 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1867 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1869 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1870 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1871 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1872 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1873 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1874 implementation approaches itself.",
1875 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1876 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1877 NULL)
1879 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1880 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1881 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1882 DEFHOOK
1883 (support_vector_misalignment,
1884 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1885 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1886 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1887 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1888 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1889 bool,
1890 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1891 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1893 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1894 scalar mode. */
1895 DEFHOOK
1896 (preferred_simd_mode,
1897 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1898 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1899 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1900 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1901 machine_mode,
1902 (scalar_mode mode),
1903 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1905 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1906 DEFHOOK
1907 (split_reduction,
1908 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1909 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1910 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1911 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1912 machine_mode,
1913 (machine_mode),
1914 default_split_reduction)
1916 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1917 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1918 DEFHOOK
1919 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1920 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1921 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1922 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1923 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1925 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1926 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1927 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1928 void,
1929 (vector_sizes *sizes),
1930 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1932 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1933 DEFHOOK
1934 (get_mask_mode,
1935 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1936 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1937 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1938 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1939 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1941 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1942 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1943 if such a mode exists.",
1944 opt_machine_mode,
1945 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1946 default_get_mask_mode)
1948 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1949 mask is all zeros. */
1950 DEFHOOK
1951 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1952 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1953 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1954 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1955 bool,
1956 (unsigned ifn),
1957 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1959 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1960 DEFHOOK
1961 (builtin_gather,
1962 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1963 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1964 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1965 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1966 loads.",
1967 tree,
1968 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1969 NULL)
1971 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1972 DEFHOOK
1973 (builtin_scatter,
1974 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1975 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1976 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1977 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1978 stores.",
1979 tree,
1980 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1981 NULL)
1983 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1984 DEFHOOK
1985 (init_cost,
1986 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1987 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1988 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1989 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1990 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1991 "is being vectorized.",
1992 void *,
1993 (struct loop *loop_info),
1994 default_init_cost)
1996 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1997 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1998 block. */
1999 DEFHOOK
2000 (add_stmt_cost,
2001 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2002 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2003 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2004 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2005 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2006 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2007 "revised.",
2008 unsigned,
2009 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2010 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
2011 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2012 default_add_stmt_cost)
2014 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2015 loop or block. */
2016 DEFHOOK
2017 (finish_cost,
2018 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2019 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2020 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2021 "the three accumulators.",
2022 void,
2023 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2024 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2025 default_finish_cost)
2027 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2028 DEFHOOK
2029 (destroy_cost_data,
2030 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2031 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2032 "accumulator.",
2033 void,
2034 (void *data),
2035 default_destroy_cost_data)
2037 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2039 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2040 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2042 DEFHOOK
2043 (record_offload_symbol,
2044 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2045 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2046 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2047 void, (tree),
2048 hook_void_tree)
2050 DEFHOOKPOD
2051 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2052 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2053 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2054 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2055 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2057 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2058 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2059 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2060 DEFHOOK
2061 (override_options_after_change,
2062 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2063 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2064 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2065 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2066 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2067 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2068 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2069 void, (void),
2070 hook_void_void)
2072 DEFHOOK
2073 (offload_options,
2074 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2075 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2076 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2077 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2078 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2079 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2081 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2082 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2083 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2084 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2085 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2087 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2088 DEFHOOK
2089 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2090 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2091 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2092 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2093 targets.",
2094 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2095 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2097 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2098 DEFHOOK
2099 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2100 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2101 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2102 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2103 targets.",
2104 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2105 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2107 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2108 DEFHOOK
2109 (unwind_word_mode,
2110 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2111 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2112 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2113 default_unwind_word_mode)
2115 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2116 DEFHOOK
2117 (merge_decl_attributes,
2118 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2119 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2120 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2121 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2122 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2123 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2124 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2126 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2127 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2128 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2129 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2130 will then define a function called\n\
2131 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2132 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2133 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2134 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2135 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2136 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2137 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2138 merge_decl_attributes)
2140 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2141 DEFHOOK
2142 (merge_type_attributes,
2143 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2144 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2145 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2146 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2147 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2148 merging.",
2149 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2150 merge_type_attributes)
2152 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2153 Ignored if NULL. */
2154 DEFHOOKPOD
2155 (attribute_table,
2156 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2157 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2158 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2159 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2160 take.",
2161 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2163 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2164 argument. */
2165 DEFHOOK
2166 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2167 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2168 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2169 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2170 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2171 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2172 bool, (const_tree name),
2173 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2175 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2176 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2177 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2178 DEFHOOK
2179 (comp_type_attributes,
2180 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2181 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2182 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2183 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2184 supposed always to be compatible.",
2185 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2186 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2188 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2189 DEFHOOK
2190 (set_default_type_attributes,
2191 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2192 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2193 void, (tree type),
2194 hook_void_tree)
2196 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2197 DEFHOOK
2198 (insert_attributes,
2199 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2200 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2201 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2202 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2203 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2204 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2205 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2206 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2207 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2208 needed.",
2209 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2210 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2212 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2213 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2214 DEFHOOK
2215 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2216 "@cindex inlining\n\
2217 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2218 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2219 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2220 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2221 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2222 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2224 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2225 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2226 DEFHOOK
2227 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2228 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2229 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2230 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2231 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2232 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2233 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2234 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2235 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2236 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2237 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2238 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2240 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2241 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2242 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2243 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2244 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2245 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2246 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2248 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2249 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2250 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2251 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2252 may affect its placement.",
2253 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2254 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2256 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2257 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2258 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2259 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2260 (words_big_endian,
2262 bool, (void),
2263 targhook_words_big_endian)
2265 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2266 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2267 (float_words_big_endian,
2269 bool, (void),
2270 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2272 DEFHOOK
2273 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2274 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2275 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2276 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2277 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2278 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2279 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2280 does not.",
2281 bool, (void),
2282 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2284 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2285 DEFHOOK
2286 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2287 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2288 bool, (void),
2289 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2291 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2292 DEFHOOK
2293 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2294 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2295 bool, (void),
2296 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2298 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2299 DEFHOOK
2300 (align_anon_bitfield,
2301 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2302 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2303 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2304 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2305 bool, (void),
2306 hook_bool_void_false)
2308 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2309 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2310 DEFHOOK
2311 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2312 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2313 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2314 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2316 The default is @code{false}.",
2317 bool, (void),
2318 hook_bool_void_false)
2320 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2321 DEFHOOK
2322 (init_builtins,
2323 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2324 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2325 necessary setup.\n\
2327 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2328 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2329 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2330 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2332 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2333 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2334 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2335 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2336 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2337 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2338 void, (void),
2339 hook_void_void)
2341 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2342 built-in function decl for CODE.
2343 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2344 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2345 DEFHOOK
2346 (builtin_decl,
2347 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2348 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2349 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2350 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2351 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2352 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2353 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2354 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2356 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2357 DEFHOOK
2358 (expand_builtin,
2359 "\n\
2360 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2361 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2362 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2363 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2364 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2365 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2366 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2367 built-in function.",
2368 rtx,
2369 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2370 default_expand_builtin)
2372 DEFHOOK
2373 (builtin_chkp_function,
2374 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2375 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2376 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2377 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2378 obtained using this hook:\n\
2379 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2380 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2381 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2382 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2383 @end deftypefn\n\
2385 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2386 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2387 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2388 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2389 @end deftypefn\n\
2391 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2392 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2393 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2394 address @var{loc}.\n\
2395 @end deftypefn\n\
2397 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2398 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2399 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2400 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2401 @end deftypefn\n\
2403 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2404 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2405 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2406 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2407 @end deftypefn\n\
2409 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2410 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2411 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2412 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2413 @end deftypefn\n\
2415 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2416 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2417 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2418 @end deftypefn\n\
2420 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2421 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2422 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2423 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2424 @end deftypefn\n\
2426 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2427 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2428 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2429 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2430 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2431 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2432 @end deftypefn\n\
2434 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2435 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2436 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2437 @end deftypefn\n\
2439 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2440 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2441 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2442 @end deftypefn",
2443 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2444 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2446 DEFHOOK
2447 (chkp_bound_type,
2448 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2449 tree, (void),
2450 default_chkp_bound_type)
2452 DEFHOOK
2453 (chkp_bound_mode,
2454 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2455 machine_mode, (void),
2456 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2458 DEFHOOK
2459 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2460 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2461 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2462 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2463 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2465 DEFHOOK
2466 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2467 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2468 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2469 the number of generated statements.",
2470 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2471 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2473 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2474 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2475 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2476 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2477 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2478 DEFHOOK
2479 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2480 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2481 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2482 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2483 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2484 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2485 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2486 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2487 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2488 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2489 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2491 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2492 and GENERIC. */
2493 DEFHOOK
2494 (fold_builtin,
2495 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2496 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2497 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2498 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2499 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2500 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2501 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2502 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2503 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2505 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2506 DEFHOOK
2507 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2508 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2509 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2510 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2511 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2512 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2513 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2515 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2516 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2517 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2518 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2519 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2520 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2521 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2522 and 0 if they are the same. */
2523 DEFHOOK
2524 (compare_version_priority,
2525 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2526 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2527 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2528 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2529 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2530 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2531 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2533 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2534 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2535 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2536 must be generated. */
2537 DEFHOOK
2538 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2539 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2540 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2541 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2542 body must be generated.",
2543 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2545 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2546 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2547 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2548 identical versions. */
2549 DEFHOOK
2550 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2551 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2552 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2553 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2554 identical versions.",
2555 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2557 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2558 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2559 DEFHOOK
2560 (builtin_reciprocal,
2561 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2562 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2563 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2564 tree, (tree fndecl),
2565 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2567 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2568 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2569 NULL. */
2570 DEFHOOK
2571 (mangle_type,
2572 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2573 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2574 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2575 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2576 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2577 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2578 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2579 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2580 string constant.\n\
2582 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2583 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2584 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2585 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2586 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2587 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2588 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2589 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2590 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2591 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2592 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2593 spaces in your string.\n\
2595 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2596 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2597 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2598 before mangling.\n\
2600 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2601 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2602 types.",
2603 const char *, (const_tree type),
2604 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2606 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2607 DEFHOOK
2608 (init_libfuncs,
2609 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2610 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2611 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2612 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2613 library routines.\n\
2615 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2616 void, (void),
2617 hook_void_void)
2619 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2620 DEFHOOKPOD
2621 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2622 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2623 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2624 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2625 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2626 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2627 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2628 bool, false)
2630 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2631 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2632 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2633 DEFHOOK
2634 (section_type_flags,
2635 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2636 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2637 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2638 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2640 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2641 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2642 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2643 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2644 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2645 default_section_type_flags)
2647 DEFHOOK
2648 (libc_has_function,
2649 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2650 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2651 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2652 default_libc_has_function)
2654 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2655 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2656 DEFHOOK
2657 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2658 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2659 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2660 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2661 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2663 @smallexample\n\
2664 static bool\n\
2665 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2666 @{\n\
2667 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2668 @}\n\
2669 @end smallexample",
2670 bool, (void),
2671 hook_bool_void_false)
2673 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2674 DEFHOOK
2675 (can_follow_jump,
2676 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2677 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2678 false, if it can't.\
2679 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2680 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2681 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2682 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2684 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2685 optimizations should be applied. */
2686 DEFHOOK
2687 (branch_target_register_class,
2688 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2689 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2690 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2691 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2692 to inter-block scheduling.",
2693 reg_class_t, (void),
2694 default_branch_target_register_class)
2696 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2697 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2698 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2699 already been generated. */
2700 DEFHOOK
2701 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2702 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2703 registers\n\
2704 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2705 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2706 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2707 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2708 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2709 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2710 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2711 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2712 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2713 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2714 hook_bool_bool_false)
2716 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2717 DEFHOOK
2718 (have_conditional_execution,
2719 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2720 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2721 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2722 bool, (void),
2723 default_have_conditional_execution)
2725 DEFHOOK
2726 (gen_ccmp_first,
2727 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2728 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2729 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2730 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2731 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2732 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2733 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2734 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2735 NULL)
2737 DEFHOOK
2738 (gen_ccmp_next,
2739 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2740 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2741 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2742 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2743 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2744 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2745 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2746 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2747 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2748 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2749 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2750 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2751 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2752 NULL)
2754 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2755 DEFHOOK
2756 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2757 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2758 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2759 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2760 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2761 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2762 number of memory accesses.",
2763 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2764 NULL)
2766 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2767 DEFHOOK
2768 (legitimate_constant_p,
2769 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2770 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2771 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2773 The default definition returns true.",
2774 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2775 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2777 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2778 DEFHOOK
2779 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2780 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2781 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2782 of @var{x}.\n\
2784 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2786 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2787 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2788 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2789 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2790 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2791 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2792 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2794 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2795 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2796 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2797 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2799 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2800 DEFHOOK
2801 (commutative_p,
2802 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2803 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2804 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2805 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2806 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2807 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2809 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2810 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2811 DEFHOOK
2812 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2813 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2814 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2815 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2816 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2817 but not others.\n\
2819 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2820 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2821 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2822 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2824 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2826 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2827 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2828 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2830 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2831 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2832 DEFHOOK
2833 (legitimize_address,
2834 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2835 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2836 address.\n\
2838 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2839 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2840 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2841 @var{x}.\n\
2843 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2844 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2845 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2847 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2848 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2849 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2850 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2851 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2852 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2853 strategy can generate better code.",
2854 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2855 default_legitimize_address)
2857 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2858 DEFHOOK
2859 (delegitimize_address,
2860 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2861 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2862 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2863 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2864 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2865 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2866 into their original form.",
2867 rtx, (rtx x),
2868 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2870 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2871 section. */
2872 DEFHOOK
2873 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2874 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2875 debug sections.",
2876 bool, (rtx x),
2877 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2879 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2880 DEFHOOK
2881 (legitimate_address_p,
2882 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2883 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2885 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2886 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2887 desired by the caller.\n\
2889 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2890 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2891 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2892 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2893 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2894 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2895 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2896 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2898 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2899 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2900 register is required.\n\
2902 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2903 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2904 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2905 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2906 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2908 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2909 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2910 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2911 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2912 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2914 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2915 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2916 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2917 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2918 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2919 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2920 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2921 Format}.\n\
2923 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2924 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2925 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2926 has this syntax:\n\
2928 @example\n\
2929 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2930 @end example\n\
2932 @noindent\n\
2933 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2934 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2936 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2937 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2938 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2939 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2940 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2942 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2943 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2944 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2945 default_legitimate_address_p)
2947 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2948 DEFHOOK
2949 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2950 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2951 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2952 of @var{x}.\n\
2954 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2955 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2956 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2958 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2959 DEFHOOK
2960 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2961 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2962 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2964 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2965 bool, (const_tree decl),
2966 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2968 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2969 DEFHOOKPOD
2970 (min_anchor_offset,
2971 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2972 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2973 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2974 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2975 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2977 DEFHOOKPOD
2978 (max_anchor_offset,
2979 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2980 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2981 value is 0.",
2982 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2984 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2985 DEFHOOK
2986 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2987 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2988 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2989 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2991 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2992 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2993 or target-specific sections.",
2994 bool, (const_rtx x),
2995 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2997 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2998 DEFHOOK
2999 (has_ifunc_p,
3000 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
3001 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
3002 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
3003 bool, (void),
3004 default_has_ifunc_p)
3006 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
3007 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
3008 this is an indirect call. */
3009 DEFHOOK
3010 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
3011 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3012 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3013 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3015 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3016 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3017 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3018 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
3019 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3020 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3021 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3022 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3024 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3025 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3026 level, outside of any function scope. */
3027 DEFHOOK
3028 (set_current_function,
3029 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3030 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3031 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3032 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3033 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3034 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3035 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3036 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3037 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3039 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3040 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3041 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3042 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3043 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3044 outside of any function scope.",
3045 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3047 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3048 DEFHOOK
3049 (in_small_data_p,
3050 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3051 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3052 bool, (const_tree exp),
3053 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3055 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3056 to the current executable or shared library. */
3057 DEFHOOK
3058 (binds_local_p,
3059 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3060 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3061 or executable image).\n\
3063 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3064 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3065 currently supported object file formats.",
3066 bool, (const_tree exp),
3067 default_binds_local_p)
3069 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3070 DEFHOOK
3071 (profile_before_prologue,
3072 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3073 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3074 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3075 bool, (void),
3076 default_profile_before_prologue)
3078 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3079 enabled. */
3080 DEFHOOK
3081 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3082 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3083 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3084 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3085 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3086 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3087 bool, (void),
3088 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3090 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3091 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3092 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3093 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3094 DEFHOOK
3095 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3096 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3097 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3098 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3099 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3100 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3101 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3102 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3103 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3104 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3106 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3107 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3108 DEFHOOK
3109 (encode_section_info,
3110 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3111 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3112 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3114 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3115 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3116 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3117 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3118 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3120 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3121 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3122 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3123 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3124 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3125 leave it alone.)\n\
3127 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3128 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3129 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3130 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3131 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3132 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3134 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3135 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3136 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3137 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3138 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3139 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3141 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3142 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3143 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3144 before overriding it.",
3145 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3146 default_encode_section_info)
3148 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3149 DEFHOOK
3150 (strip_name_encoding,
3151 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3152 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3153 may have added.",
3154 const char *, (const char *name),
3155 default_strip_name_encoding)
3157 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3158 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3159 DEFHOOK
3160 (shift_truncation_mask,
3161 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3162 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3163 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3165 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3166 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3167 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3168 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3169 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3170 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3172 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3173 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3174 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3176 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3177 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3178 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3179 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3180 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3181 by overriding it.",
3182 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3183 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3185 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3186 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3187 the reciprocal. */
3188 DEFHOOK
3189 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3190 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3191 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3192 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3193 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3194 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3195 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3196 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3197 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3199 DEFHOOK
3200 (truly_noop_truncation,
3201 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3202 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3203 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3204 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3205 is correct for most machines.\n\
3207 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3208 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3209 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3210 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3211 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3213 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3214 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3215 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3216 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3217 necessarily defined at this point. */
3218 DEFHOOK
3219 (mode_rep_extended,
3220 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3221 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3222 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3223 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3224 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3225 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3226 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3227 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3228 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3229 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3231 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3232 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3233 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3234 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3236 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3237 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3238 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3239 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3240 extension.\n\
3242 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3243 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3244 @code{mode}.",
3245 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3246 default_mode_rep_extended)
3248 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3249 DEFHOOK
3250 (valid_pointer_mode,
3251 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3252 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3253 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3254 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3255 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3257 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3258 DEFHOOK
3259 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3260 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3261 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3262 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3263 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3264 a pointer to int.",
3265 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3266 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3268 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3269 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3270 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3271 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3273 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3274 DEFHOOK
3275 (pointer_mode,
3276 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3277 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3278 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3279 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3280 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3282 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3283 DEFHOOK
3284 (address_mode,
3285 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3286 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3287 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3288 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3289 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3291 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3292 in another address space. */
3293 DEFHOOK
3294 (valid_pointer_mode,
3295 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3296 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3297 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3298 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3299 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3300 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3301 target hooks for the given address space.",
3302 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3303 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3305 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3306 space for a given mode. */
3307 DEFHOOK
3308 (legitimate_address_p,
3309 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3310 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3311 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3312 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3313 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3314 explicit named address space support.",
3315 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3316 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3318 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3319 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3320 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3321 DEFHOOK
3322 (legitimize_address,
3323 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3324 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3325 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3326 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3327 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3328 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3330 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3331 DEFHOOK
3332 (subset_p,
3333 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3334 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3335 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3336 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3337 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3338 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3339 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3340 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3342 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3343 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3344 DEFHOOK
3345 (zero_address_valid,
3346 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3347 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3348 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3349 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3351 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3352 DEFHOOK
3353 (convert,
3354 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3355 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3356 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3357 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3358 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3359 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3360 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3361 default_addr_space_convert)
3363 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3364 DEFHOOK
3365 (debug,
3366 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3367 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3368 int, (addr_space_t as),
3369 default_addr_space_debug)
3371 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3372 DEFHOOK
3373 (diagnose_usage,
3374 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3375 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3376 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3377 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3378 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3379 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3380 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3381 The default implementation does nothing.",
3382 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3383 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3385 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3387 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3388 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3390 DEFHOOK
3391 (static_rtx_alignment,
3392 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3393 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3394 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3395 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3396 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3397 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3399 DEFHOOK
3400 (constant_alignment,
3401 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3402 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3403 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3405 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3407 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3408 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3409 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3410 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3411 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3412 default_constant_alignment)
3414 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3415 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3416 the arithmetic is supported. */
3417 DEFHOOK
3418 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3419 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3420 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3421 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3422 must work.\n\
3424 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3425 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3426 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3427 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3428 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3429 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3431 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3432 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3433 for further details. */
3434 DEFHOOK
3435 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3436 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3437 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3438 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3439 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3440 hook_bool_mode_false)
3442 DEFHOOK
3443 (vector_alignment,
3444 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3445 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3446 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3447 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3448 the vector element type.",
3449 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3450 default_vector_alignment)
3452 DEFHOOK
3453 (array_mode,
3454 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3455 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3456 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3457 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3458 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3459 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3460 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3461 used in specific cases.\n\
3463 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3464 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3465 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3466 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3468 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3469 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3470 DEFHOOK
3471 (array_mode_supported_p,
3472 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3473 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3474 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3475 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3477 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3478 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3479 has operations like:\n\
3481 @smallexample\n\
3482 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3483 @end smallexample\n\
3485 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3487 @smallexample\n\
3488 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3489 @{\n\
3490 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3491 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3492 @end smallexample\n\
3494 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3495 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3496 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3497 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3498 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3500 DEFHOOK
3501 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3502 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3503 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3504 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3505 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3506 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3507 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3508 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3510 DEFHOOK
3511 (floatn_mode,
3512 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3513 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3514 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3515 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3516 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3517 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3518 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3519 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3520 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3521 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3522 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3523 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3524 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3525 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3526 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3527 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3528 default_floatn_mode)
3530 DEFHOOK
3531 (floatn_builtin_p,
3532 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3533 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3534 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3535 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3536 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3537 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3538 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3539 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3540 bool, (int func),
3541 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3543 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3544 TO, using MODE. */
3545 DEFHOOK
3546 (register_move_cost,
3547 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3548 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3549 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3550 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3551 that.\n\
3553 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3554 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3555 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3557 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3558 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3559 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3560 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3561 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3562 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3564 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3565 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3566 default_register_move_cost)
3568 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3569 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3570 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3571 DEFHOOK
3572 (memory_move_cost,
3573 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3574 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3575 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3576 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3577 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3578 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3580 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3581 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3582 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3583 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3584 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3585 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3587 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3588 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3589 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3590 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3591 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3592 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3593 are the same as to this target hook.",
3594 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3595 default_memory_move_cost)
3597 DEFHOOK
3598 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3599 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3600 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3601 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3602 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3603 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3604 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3605 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3607 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3608 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3609 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3610 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3611 units.\n\
3613 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3614 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3615 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3616 under consideration.\n\
3618 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3619 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3621 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3622 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3623 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3624 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3625 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3626 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3628 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3629 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3630 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3631 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3632 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3633 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3635 DEFHOOK
3636 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3637 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3638 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3639 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3640 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3641 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3642 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3643 negative number from this hook.",
3644 int, (machine_mode mode),
3645 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3647 DEFHOOK
3648 (slow_unaligned_access,
3649 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3650 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3651 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3652 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3653 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3655 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3656 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3657 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3658 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3659 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3661 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3662 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3663 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3664 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3666 DEFHOOK
3667 (optab_supported_p,
3668 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3669 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3670 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3671 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3672 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3674 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3675 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3676 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3678 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3679 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3680 optimization_type opt_type),
3681 default_optab_supported_p)
3683 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3684 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3685 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3686 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3687 DEFHOOK
3688 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3689 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3690 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3691 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3692 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3693 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3694 for any mode.\n\
3696 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3697 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3698 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3699 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3700 insn.\n\
3702 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3703 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3704 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3705 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3706 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3707 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3708 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3709 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3710 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3712 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3713 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3714 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3715 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3716 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3717 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3718 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3719 hook_bool_mode_false)
3721 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3722 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3723 DEFHOOKPOD
3724 (flags_regnum,
3725 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3726 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3727 appropriately.",
3728 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3730 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3731 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3732 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3733 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3734 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3735 DEFHOOK
3736 (rtx_costs,
3737 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3739 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3740 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3741 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3742 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3743 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3744 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3745 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3747 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3748 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3750 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3751 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3752 instructions.\n\
3754 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3755 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3756 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3757 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3758 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3760 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3761 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3762 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3764 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3765 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3766 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3767 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3769 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3770 invalid addresses. */
3771 DEFHOOK
3772 (address_cost,
3773 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3774 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3775 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3777 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3778 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3779 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3780 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3782 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3783 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3784 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3786 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3787 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3788 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3789 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3790 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3791 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3792 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3793 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3795 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3797 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3798 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3799 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3800 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3801 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3802 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3803 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3804 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3805 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3806 default_address_cost)
3808 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3809 DEFHOOK
3810 (insn_cost,
3811 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3813 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3814 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3815 instructions.\n\
3817 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3818 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3819 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3820 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3822 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3823 well defined units. */
3824 DEFHOOK
3825 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3826 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3827 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3828 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3829 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3830 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3831 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3832 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3833 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3834 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3836 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3837 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3838 were true.\n\
3840 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3841 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3842 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3843 unsigned int, (edge e),
3844 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3846 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3847 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3848 DEFHOOK
3849 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3850 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3851 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3852 @code{if_info}.",
3853 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3854 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3856 DEFHOOK
3857 (estimated_poly_value,
3858 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3859 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3860 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3861 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3862 default_estimated_poly_value)
3864 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3865 scheduling. */
3866 DEFHOOK
3867 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3868 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3869 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3870 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3871 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3872 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3873 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3874 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3875 hook_bool_void_false)
3877 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3878 DEFHOOK
3879 (allocate_initial_value,
3880 "\n\
3881 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3882 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3883 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3884 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3885 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3886 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3887 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3888 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3889 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3890 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3891 @code{MEM}.\n\
3892 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3893 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3894 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3895 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3896 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3897 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3898 allocation.",
3899 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3901 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3902 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3903 DEFHOOK
3904 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3905 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3906 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3907 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3908 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3909 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3910 passed along.",
3911 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3912 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3914 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3915 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3916 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3917 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3918 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3919 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3920 DEFHOOK
3921 (dwarf_register_span,
3922 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3923 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3924 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3925 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3926 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3927 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3928 rtx, (rtx reg),
3929 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3931 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3932 register. */
3933 DEFHOOK
3934 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3935 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3936 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3937 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3938 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3939 machine_mode, (int regno),
3940 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3942 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3943 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3944 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3945 code, given the address of the table. */
3946 DEFHOOK
3947 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3948 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3949 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3950 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3951 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3952 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3953 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3954 void, (tree address),
3955 hook_void_tree)
3957 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3958 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3959 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3960 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3961 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3962 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3963 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3964 DEFHOOK
3965 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3966 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3967 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3968 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3969 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3970 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3971 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3972 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3973 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3974 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3975 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3977 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3978 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3979 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3981 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3982 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3983 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3984 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3985 VOIDmode. */
3986 DEFHOOK
3987 (cc_modes_compatible,
3988 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3989 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3990 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3991 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3992 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3993 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3995 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3996 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3997 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3998 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3999 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4001 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4002 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4003 DEFHOOK
4004 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4005 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4006 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4007 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4009 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4010 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4011 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4012 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4014 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4015 definition is null.",
4016 void, (void), NULL)
4018 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4019 DEFHOOK
4020 (build_builtin_va_list,
4021 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4022 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4023 tree, (void),
4024 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4026 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4027 DEFHOOK
4028 (enum_va_list_p,
4029 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4030 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4031 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4032 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4033 variable.\n\
4034 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4035 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4036 internal type.\n\
4037 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4038 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4039 macro to iterate through all types.",
4040 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4041 NULL)
4043 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4044 DEFHOOK
4045 (fn_abi_va_list,
4046 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4047 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4048 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4049 tree, (tree fndecl),
4050 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4052 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4053 DEFHOOK
4054 (canonical_va_list_type,
4055 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4056 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4057 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4058 tree, (tree type),
4059 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4061 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4062 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4063 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4064 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4065 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4067 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4068 DEFHOOK
4069 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4070 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4071 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4072 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4073 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4074 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4075 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4077 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4078 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4079 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4080 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4081 or an error message if not. */
4082 DEFHOOK
4083 (get_pch_validity,
4084 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4085 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4086 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4087 void *, (size_t *sz),
4088 default_get_pch_validity)
4090 DEFHOOK
4091 (pch_valid_p,
4092 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4093 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4094 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4095 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4097 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4098 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4099 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4100 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4102 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4103 suitable for most targets.",
4104 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4105 default_pch_valid_p)
4107 DEFHOOK
4108 (prepare_pch_save,
4109 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4110 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4111 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4112 to do anything here.",
4113 void, (void),
4114 hook_void_void)
4116 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4117 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4118 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4119 DEFHOOK
4120 (check_pch_target_flags,
4121 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4122 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4123 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4124 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4125 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4126 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4128 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4129 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4130 that type. */
4131 DEFHOOK
4132 (default_short_enums,
4133 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4134 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4135 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4136 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4138 The default is to return false.",
4139 bool, (void),
4140 hook_bool_void_false)
4142 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4143 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4144 DEFHOOK
4145 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4146 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4147 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4148 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4149 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4150 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4151 rtx, (void),
4152 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4154 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4155 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4156 DEFHOOK
4157 (md_asm_adjust,
4158 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4159 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4160 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4161 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4163 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4164 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4165 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4166 rtx_insn *,
4167 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4168 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4169 NULL)
4171 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4172 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4173 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4174 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4175 the function is being declared as an int. */
4176 DEFHOOK
4177 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4178 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4179 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4180 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4181 int, (const_tree function),
4182 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4184 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4185 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4186 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4187 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4189 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4190 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4191 DEFHOOK
4192 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4193 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4194 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4195 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4196 @smallexample\n\
4197 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4198 @end smallexample\n\
4199 and\n\
4200 @smallexample\n\
4201 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4202 @end smallexample\n\
4203 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4204 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4205 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4206 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4208 DEFHOOK
4209 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4210 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4211 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4212 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4213 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4214 @smallexample\n\
4215 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4216 @end smallexample\n\
4218 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4219 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4220 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4221 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4223 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4224 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4225 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4226 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4227 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4228 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4229 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4231 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4232 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4233 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4234 DEFHOOK
4235 (stack_protect_guard,
4236 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4237 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4238 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4239 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4240 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4242 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4243 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4244 tree, (void),
4245 default_stack_protect_guard)
4247 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4248 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4249 DEFHOOK
4250 (stack_protect_fail,
4251 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4252 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4253 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4255 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4256 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4257 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4258 tree, (void),
4259 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4261 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4262 protector runtime support. */
4263 DEFHOOK
4264 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4265 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4266 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4267 bool, (void),
4268 hook_bool_void_true)
4270 DEFHOOK
4271 (can_use_doloop_p,
4272 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4273 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4274 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4275 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4276 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4277 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4278 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4280 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4281 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4282 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4283 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4284 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4285 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4287 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4288 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4289 DEFHOOK
4290 (invalid_within_doloop,
4291 "\n\
4292 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4293 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4294 could not be applied.\n\
4296 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4297 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4298 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4299 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4300 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4301 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4302 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4304 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4305 DEFHOOK
4306 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4307 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4308 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4309 default is to accept all instructions.",
4310 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4311 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4313 DEFHOOK
4314 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4315 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4316 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4317 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4318 bool, (const_tree decl),
4319 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4321 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4322 value. */
4323 DEFHOOKPOD
4324 (const_anchor,
4325 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4326 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4327 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4328 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4329 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4330 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4331 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4332 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4333 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4334 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4335 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4336 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4337 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4338 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4339 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4340 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4342 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4343 DEFHOOK
4344 (memmodel_check,
4345 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4346 memory model bits are allowed.",
4347 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4349 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4350 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4351 supported by the target. */
4352 DEFHOOK
4353 (asan_shadow_offset,
4354 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4355 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4356 supported by the target.",
4357 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4358 NULL)
4360 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4361 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4362 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4364 DEFHOOK
4365 (promote_function_mode,
4366 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4367 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4368 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4369 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4370 pointer} types.\n\
4372 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4373 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4374 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4375 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4376 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4377 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4378 the signedness may be different.\n\
4380 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4382 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4383 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4384 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4385 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4386 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4387 default_promote_function_mode)
4389 DEFHOOK
4390 (promote_prototypes,
4391 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4392 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4393 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4394 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4395 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4396 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4397 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4399 DEFHOOK
4400 (struct_value_rtx,
4401 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4402 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4403 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4404 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4405 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4406 argument.\n\
4408 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4409 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4410 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4411 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4412 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4413 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4414 the caller.\n\
4416 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4417 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4418 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4419 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4420 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4421 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4422 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4424 DEFHOOKPOD
4425 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4426 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4427 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4428 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4429 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4430 undesirable on your target.",
4431 bool, false)
4433 DEFHOOK
4434 (return_in_memory,
4435 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4436 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4437 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4438 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4439 libcalls.\n\
4441 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4442 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4443 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4444 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4445 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4446 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4448 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4449 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4450 to indicate this.",
4451 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4452 default_return_in_memory)
4454 DEFHOOK
4455 (return_in_msb,
4456 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4457 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4458 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4459 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4461 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4462 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4463 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4464 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4465 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4466 bool, (const_tree type),
4467 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4469 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4470 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4471 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4472 DEFHOOK
4473 (pass_by_reference,
4474 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4475 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4476 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4477 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4479 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4480 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4481 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4482 to that type.",
4483 bool,
4484 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4485 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4487 DEFHOOK
4488 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4489 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4490 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4491 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4492 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4493 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4494 rtx, (void),
4495 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4497 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4498 DEFHOOK
4499 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4500 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4501 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4502 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4503 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4504 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4505 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4506 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4508 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4509 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4510 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4511 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4513 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4514 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4515 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4516 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4517 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4518 frame.\n\
4520 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4521 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4522 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4523 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4524 for all data types.\n\
4526 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4527 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4528 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4529 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4530 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4531 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4532 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4533 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4535 DEFHOOK
4536 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4537 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4538 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4539 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4540 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4541 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4542 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4543 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4544 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4545 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4547 DEFHOOK
4548 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4549 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4550 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4551 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4552 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4553 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4554 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4555 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4556 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4557 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4559 DEFHOOK
4560 (load_returned_bounds,
4561 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4562 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4563 loaded bounds.",
4564 rtx, (rtx slot),
4565 default_load_returned_bounds)
4567 DEFHOOK
4568 (store_returned_bounds,
4569 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4570 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4571 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4572 default_store_returned_bounds)
4574 DEFHOOK
4575 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4576 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4577 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4578 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4579 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4580 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4581 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4583 DEFHOOK
4584 (call_args,
4585 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4586 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4587 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4588 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4589 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4590 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4591 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4592 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4593 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4594 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4595 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4596 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4597 void, (rtx, tree),
4598 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4600 DEFHOOK
4601 (end_call_args,
4602 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4603 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4604 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4605 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4606 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4607 void, (void),
4608 hook_void_void)
4610 DEFHOOK
4611 (strict_argument_naming,
4612 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4613 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4615 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4616 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4617 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4618 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4619 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4620 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4621 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4623 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4624 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4625 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4627 /* Returns true if we should use
4628 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4629 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4630 DEFHOOK
4631 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4632 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4633 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4634 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4635 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4636 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4637 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4638 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4639 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4641 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4642 should be passed as two scalars. */
4643 DEFHOOK
4644 (split_complex_arg,
4645 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4646 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4647 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4648 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4649 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4650 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4651 point register.\n\
4653 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4654 false.",
4655 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4657 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4658 but must be passed on the stack. */
4659 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4660 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4661 DEFHOOK
4662 (must_pass_in_stack,
4663 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4664 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4665 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4666 documentation.",
4667 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4668 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4670 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4671 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4672 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4673 DEFHOOK
4674 (callee_copies,
4675 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4676 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4677 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4678 by the caller.\n\
4680 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4681 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4682 not be generated.\n\
4684 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4685 bool,
4686 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4687 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4689 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4690 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4691 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4692 DEFHOOK
4693 (arg_partial_bytes,
4694 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4695 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4696 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4697 pushed on the stack.\n\
4699 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4700 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4701 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4702 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4703 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4704 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4705 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4707 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4708 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4709 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4710 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4711 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4713 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4714 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4715 argument. */
4716 DEFHOOK
4717 (function_arg_advance,
4718 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4719 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4720 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4721 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4722 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4724 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4725 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4726 used for arguments without any special help.",
4727 void,
4728 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4729 default_function_arg_advance)
4731 DEFHOOK
4732 (function_arg_offset,
4733 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4734 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4735 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4736 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4737 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4738 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4739 default_function_arg_offset)
4741 DEFHOOK
4742 (function_arg_padding,
4743 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4744 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4745 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4746 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4748 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4749 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4750 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4752 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4753 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4754 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4755 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4756 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4757 default_function_arg_padding)
4759 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4760 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4761 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4762 argument. */
4763 DEFHOOK
4764 (function_arg,
4765 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4766 register and if so, which register.\n\
4768 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4769 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4770 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4771 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4772 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4773 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4774 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4775 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4777 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4778 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4779 on the stack.\n\
4781 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4782 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4783 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4784 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4785 for more information.\n\
4787 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4788 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4789 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4790 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4791 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4792 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4793 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4794 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4795 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4796 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4797 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4798 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4799 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4801 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4802 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4803 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4805 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4806 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4807 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4808 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4809 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4810 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4812 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4813 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4814 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4815 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4816 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4817 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4818 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4819 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4820 a register.",
4821 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4822 bool named),
4823 default_function_arg)
4825 DEFHOOK
4826 (function_incoming_arg,
4827 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4828 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4829 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4830 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4832 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4833 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4834 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4835 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4836 arrive.\n\
4838 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4839 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4840 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4842 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4843 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4844 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4845 bool named),
4846 default_function_incoming_arg)
4848 DEFHOOK
4849 (function_arg_boundary,
4850 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4851 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4852 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4853 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4854 default_function_arg_boundary)
4856 DEFHOOK
4857 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4858 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4859 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4860 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4861 value.",
4862 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4863 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4865 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4866 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4867 DEFHOOK
4868 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4869 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4870 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4871 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4872 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4873 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4875 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4876 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4877 DEFHOOK
4878 (function_value,
4879 "\n\
4880 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4881 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4882 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4883 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4884 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4885 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4886 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4887 a function returns a value.\n\
4889 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4890 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4891 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4892 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4893 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4894 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4895 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4896 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4897 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4898 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4899 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4900 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4902 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4903 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4904 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4906 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4907 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4908 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4909 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4910 known.\n\
4912 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4913 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4914 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4915 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4917 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4918 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4919 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4920 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4921 default_function_value)
4923 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4924 DEFHOOK
4925 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4926 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4927 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4928 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4929 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4930 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4932 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4933 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4934 DEFHOOK
4935 (libcall_value,
4936 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4937 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4939 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4940 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4941 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4943 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4944 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4945 default_libcall_value)
4947 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4948 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4949 DEFHOOK
4950 (function_value_regno_p,
4951 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4952 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4954 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4955 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4956 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4958 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4959 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4960 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4962 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4963 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4964 default_function_value_regno_p)
4966 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4967 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4968 (internal_arg_pointer,
4969 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4970 current function.",
4971 rtx, (void),
4972 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4974 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4975 DEFHOOK
4976 (update_stack_boundary,
4977 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4978 necessary.",
4979 void, (void), NULL)
4981 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4982 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4983 DEFHOOK
4984 (get_drap_rtx,
4985 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4986 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4987 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4988 is needed.",
4989 rtx, (void), NULL)
4991 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4992 stack. */
4993 DEFHOOK
4994 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4995 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4996 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4997 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4998 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4999 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5000 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5001 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5002 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5003 bool, (void),
5004 hook_bool_void_true)
5006 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5007 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5008 DEFHOOK
5009 (static_chain,
5010 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5011 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5012 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5013 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5014 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5016 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5018 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5019 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5020 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5021 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5022 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5023 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5024 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5025 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5026 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5027 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5028 to refer to those items.",
5029 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5030 default_static_chain)
5032 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5033 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5034 DEFHOOK
5035 (trampoline_init,
5036 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5037 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5038 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5039 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5040 when it is called.\n\
5042 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5043 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5044 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5045 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5046 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5047 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5049 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5050 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5051 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5052 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5053 default_trampoline_init)
5055 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5056 DEFHOOK
5057 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5058 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5059 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5060 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5061 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5062 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5063 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5064 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5065 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5067 DEFHOOKPOD
5068 (custom_function_descriptors,
5069 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
5070 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
5071 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
5072 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
5073 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
5074 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
5075 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5076 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5077 it to be made executable.\n\
5079 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
5080 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
5081 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
5082 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
5083 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
5084 int, -1)
5086 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5087 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5088 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5089 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5090 DEFHOOK
5091 (return_pops_args,
5092 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5093 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5094 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5096 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5097 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5098 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5099 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5101 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5102 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5103 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5104 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5105 arguments (if known).\n\
5107 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5108 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5109 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5110 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5111 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5112 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5114 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5115 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5116 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5118 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5119 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5120 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5121 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5122 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5123 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5124 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5125 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5126 number of arguments.",
5127 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5128 default_return_pops_args)
5130 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5131 returned. */
5132 DEFHOOK
5133 (get_raw_result_mode,
5134 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5135 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5136 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5137 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5138 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5140 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5141 passed. */
5142 DEFHOOK
5143 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5144 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5145 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5146 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5147 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5148 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5150 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5151 DEFHOOK
5152 (empty_record_p,
5153 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5154 is to return @code{false}.",
5155 bool, (const_tree type),
5156 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5158 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5159 DEFHOOK
5160 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5161 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5162 ABI.",
5163 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5164 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5166 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5168 DEFHOOK
5169 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5170 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5171 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5172 bool, (void),
5173 hook_bool_void_false)
5175 DEFHOOK
5176 (init_pic_reg,
5177 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5178 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5179 void, (void),
5180 hook_void_void)
5182 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5183 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5184 DEFHOOK
5185 (invalid_conversion,
5186 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5187 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5188 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5189 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5190 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5192 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5193 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5194 DEFHOOK
5195 (invalid_unary_op,
5196 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5197 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5198 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5199 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5200 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5201 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5203 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5204 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5205 DEFHOOK
5206 (invalid_binary_op,
5207 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5208 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5209 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5210 the front end.",
5211 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5212 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5214 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5215 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5216 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5217 DEFHOOK
5218 (promoted_type,
5219 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5220 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5221 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5222 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5223 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5224 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5225 tree, (const_tree type),
5226 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5228 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5229 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5230 the standard conversion rules. */
5231 DEFHOOK
5232 (convert_to_type,
5233 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5234 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5235 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5236 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5237 conversion rules.\n\
5238 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5239 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5240 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5242 DEFHOOK
5243 (can_change_mode_class,
5244 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5245 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5246 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5247 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5248 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5250 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5251 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5252 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5253 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5254 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5255 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5257 @smallexample\n\
5258 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5259 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5260 @end smallexample\n\
5262 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5263 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5264 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5265 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5266 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5267 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5268 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5269 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5270 value that the middle-end intended.",
5271 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5272 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5274 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5275 DEFHOOK
5276 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5277 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5278 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5280 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5281 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5282 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5284 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5285 DEFHOOK
5286 (lra_p,
5287 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5289 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5290 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5291 bool, (void),
5292 default_lra_p)
5294 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5295 DEFHOOK
5296 (register_priority,
5297 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5298 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5299 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5300 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5301 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5302 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5303 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5304 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5306 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5307 int, (int),
5308 default_register_priority)
5310 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5311 DEFHOOK
5312 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5313 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5314 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5315 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5316 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5317 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5318 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5319 optimizations.\
5321 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5322 bool, (void),
5323 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5325 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5326 DEFHOOK
5327 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5328 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5329 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5330 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5331 the insn.\
5333 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5334 bool, (void),
5335 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5337 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5338 instead of memory. */
5339 DEFHOOK
5340 (spill_class,
5341 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5342 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5343 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5344 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5345 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5346 NULL)
5348 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5349 DEFHOOK
5350 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5351 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5352 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5353 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5354 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5355 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5356 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5357 bool, (reg_class_t),
5358 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5360 DEFHOOK
5361 (cstore_mode,
5362 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5363 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5364 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5365 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5366 patterns.",
5367 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5368 default_cstore_mode)
5370 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5371 classes to use. */
5372 DEFHOOK
5373 (compute_pressure_classes,
5374 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5375 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5376 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5377 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5378 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5380 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5381 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5382 DEFHOOK
5383 (member_type_forces_blk,
5384 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5385 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5387 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5388 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5389 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5390 retain the field's mode.\n\
5392 Normally, this is not needed.",
5393 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5394 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5396 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5397 that gate the divod transform. */
5398 DEFHOOK
5399 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5400 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5401 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5402 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5403 NULL)
5405 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5406 DEFHOOK
5407 (secondary_reload,
5408 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5409 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5410 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5411 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5412 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5413 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5414 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5415 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5416 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5417 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5418 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5419 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5421 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5422 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5423 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5424 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5425 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5426 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5427 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5428 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5429 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5430 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5432 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5434 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5435 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5436 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5437 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5438 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5440 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5441 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5442 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5443 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5444 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5445 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5447 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5448 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5449 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5450 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5451 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5453 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5454 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5455 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5456 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5457 single-register-class\n\
5458 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5459 output constraint.\n\
5461 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5462 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5463 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5464 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5466 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5467 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5468 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5469 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5470 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5471 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5472 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5473 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5476 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5477 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5478 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5479 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5481 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5482 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5483 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5485 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5486 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5487 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5488 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5489 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5490 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5491 reg_class_t,
5492 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5493 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5494 default_secondary_reload)
5496 DEFHOOK
5497 (secondary_memory_needed,
5498 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5499 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5500 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5501 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5502 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5503 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5504 false for all inputs.",
5505 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5506 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5508 DEFHOOK
5509 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5510 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5511 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5512 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5514 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5515 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5516 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5517 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5518 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5519 floating-point registers.\n\
5521 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5522 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5523 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5524 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5525 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5526 details.\n\
5528 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5529 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5530 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5532 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5533 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5534 DEFHOOK
5535 (preferred_reload_class,
5536 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5537 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5538 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5539 another, smaller class.\n\
5541 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5543 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5544 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5545 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5546 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5547 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5549 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5550 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5551 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5552 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5553 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5554 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5555 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5556 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5557 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5558 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5559 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5561 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5562 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5563 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5564 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5565 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5566 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5567 reg_class_t,
5568 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5569 default_preferred_reload_class)
5571 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5572 input reloads. */
5573 DEFHOOK
5574 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5575 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5576 input reloads.\n\
5578 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5579 argument.\n\
5581 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5582 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5583 reg_class_t,
5584 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5585 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5587 DEFHOOK
5588 (select_early_remat_modes,
5589 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5590 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5591 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5592 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5594 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5595 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5596 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5597 void, (sbitmap modes),
5598 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5600 DEFHOOK
5601 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5602 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5603 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5604 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5606 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5607 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5608 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5609 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5610 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5612 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5613 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5614 pressure.",
5615 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5616 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5618 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5619 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5620 DEFHOOK
5621 (class_max_nregs,
5622 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5623 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5625 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5626 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5627 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5628 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5629 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5631 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5632 in the reload pass.\n\
5634 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5635 in words.",
5636 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5637 default_class_max_nregs)
5639 DEFHOOK
5640 (preferred_rename_class,
5641 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5642 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5643 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5644 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5645 is not implemented.\
5646 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5647 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5648 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5649 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5650 be reduced.",
5651 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5652 default_preferred_rename_class)
5654 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5655 during register allocation. */
5656 DEFHOOK
5657 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5658 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5659 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5660 register allocation.\n\
5661 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5662 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5663 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5664 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5665 bool, (rtx subst),
5666 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5668 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5669 displacement addressing. */
5670 DEFHOOK
5671 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5672 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5673 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5674 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5675 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5676 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5678 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5679 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5680 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5681 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5682 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5684 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5685 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5686 DEFHOOK
5687 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5688 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5689 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5690 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5691 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5692 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5693 usage.",
5694 void, (void),
5695 hook_void_void)
5697 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5698 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5699 but will be later. */
5700 DEFHOOK
5701 (instantiate_decls,
5702 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5703 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5704 void, (void),
5705 hook_void_void)
5707 DEFHOOK
5708 (hard_regno_nregs,
5709 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5710 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5711 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5712 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5713 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5714 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5716 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5717 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5718 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5720 DEFHOOK
5721 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5722 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5723 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5724 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5725 unconditionally.\n\
5727 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5728 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5730 @cindex register pairs\n\
5731 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5732 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5733 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5735 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5736 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5737 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5738 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5740 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5741 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5742 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5743 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5744 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5745 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5746 modes to be tieable.\n\
5748 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5749 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5750 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5751 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5752 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5753 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5755 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5756 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5757 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5758 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5759 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5760 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5761 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5762 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5763 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5765 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5766 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5767 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5768 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5769 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5771 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5772 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5773 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5774 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5775 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5776 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5777 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5779 DEFHOOK
5780 (modes_tieable_p,
5781 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5782 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5784 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5785 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5786 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5787 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5788 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5789 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5790 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5792 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5793 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5794 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5795 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5796 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5798 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5799 in peephole2. */
5800 DEFHOOK
5801 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5802 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5803 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5805 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5806 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5808 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5809 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5810 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5812 DEFHOOK
5813 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5814 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5815 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5816 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5817 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5818 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5820 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5821 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5822 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5823 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5825 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5826 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5827 DEFHOOK
5828 (case_values_threshold,
5829 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5830 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5831 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5832 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5833 unsigned int, (void),
5834 default_case_values_threshold)
5836 DEFHOOK
5837 (starting_frame_offset,
5838 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5839 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5840 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5841 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5842 implementation returns 0.",
5843 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5844 hook_hwi_void_0)
5846 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5847 DEFHOOK
5848 (compute_frame_layout,
5849 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5850 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5851 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5852 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5853 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5854 this callback is optional.",
5855 void, (void),
5856 hook_void_void)
5858 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5859 DEFHOOK
5860 (frame_pointer_required,
5861 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5862 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5863 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5865 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5866 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5867 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5868 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5869 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5870 pointer.\n\
5872 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5873 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5874 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5875 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5876 them.\n\
5878 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5879 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5880 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5882 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5883 bool, (void),
5884 hook_bool_void_false)
5886 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5887 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5888 DEFHOOK
5889 (can_eliminate,
5890 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5891 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5892 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5893 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5894 knows about.\n\
5896 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5897 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5898 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5900 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5901 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5902 target. */
5903 DEFHOOK
5904 (conditional_register_usage,
5905 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5906 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5907 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5908 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5909 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5910 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5911 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5912 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5913 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5914 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5915 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5916 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5917 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5918 command options have been applied.\n\
5920 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5921 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5922 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5923 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5924 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5925 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5926 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5927 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5929 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5930 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5931 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5932 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5933 void, (void),
5934 hook_void_void)
5936 DEFHOOK
5937 (stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5938 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues. On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks. Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise. You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5939 bool, (rtx residual),
5940 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5943 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5944 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5945 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5946 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5948 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5949 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5950 (mode_for_suffix,
5951 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5952 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5953 machine_mode, (char c),
5954 default_mode_for_suffix)
5956 DEFHOOK
5957 (excess_precision,
5958 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5959 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5960 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5961 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5962 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5963 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5964 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5965 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5966 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5967 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5968 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5969 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5970 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5971 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5972 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5973 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5974 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5975 default_excess_precision)
5977 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5979 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5980 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5981 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5982 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5984 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5985 DEFHOOK
5986 (guard_type,
5987 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5988 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5989 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5990 tree, (void),
5991 default_cxx_guard_type)
5993 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5994 DEFHOOK
5995 (guard_mask_bit,
5996 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5997 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5998 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5999 bool, (void),
6000 hook_bool_void_false)
6002 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6003 DEFHOOK
6004 (get_cookie_size,
6005 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6006 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6007 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6008 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6009 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6010 tree, (tree type),
6011 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6013 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6014 DEFHOOK
6015 (cookie_has_size,
6016 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6017 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6018 bool, (void),
6019 hook_bool_void_false)
6021 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6022 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6023 DEFHOOK
6024 (import_export_class,
6025 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6026 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6027 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6028 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6029 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6030 backend's targeted operating system.",
6031 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6033 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6034 DEFHOOK
6035 (cdtor_returns_this,
6036 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6037 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6038 @code{false}.",
6039 bool, (void),
6040 hook_bool_void_false)
6042 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6043 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6044 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6045 DEFHOOK
6046 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6047 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6048 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6049 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6050 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6051 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6052 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6053 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6054 bool, (void),
6055 hook_bool_void_true)
6057 DEFHOOK
6058 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6059 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6060 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6061 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6062 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6063 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6064 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6065 void, (tree decl),
6066 hook_void_tree)
6068 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6069 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6070 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6071 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6072 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6073 DEFHOOK
6074 (class_data_always_comdat,
6075 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6076 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6077 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6078 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6079 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6080 bool, (void),
6081 hook_bool_void_true)
6083 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6084 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6085 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6086 DEFHOOK
6087 (library_rtti_comdat,
6088 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6089 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6090 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6091 bool, (void),
6092 hook_bool_void_true)
6094 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6095 destructors. */
6096 DEFHOOK
6097 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6098 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6099 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6100 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6101 bool, (void),
6102 hook_bool_void_false)
6104 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6105 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6106 DEFHOOK
6107 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6108 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6109 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6110 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6111 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6112 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6113 bool, (void),
6114 hook_bool_void_false)
6116 DEFHOOK
6117 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6118 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6119 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6120 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6121 void, (tree type),
6122 hook_void_tree)
6124 DEFHOOK
6125 (decl_mangling_context,
6126 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6127 tree, (const_tree decl),
6128 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6130 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6132 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6133 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6134 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6135 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6137 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6138 DEFHOOKPOD
6139 (get_address,
6140 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6141 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6142 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6143 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6145 DEFHOOKPOD
6146 (register_common,
6147 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6148 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6149 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6150 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6151 registration function to be used.",
6152 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6154 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6155 DEFHOOKPOD
6156 (var_section,
6157 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6158 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6159 any section.",
6160 const char *, NULL)
6162 DEFHOOKPOD
6163 (tmpl_section,
6164 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6165 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6166 section.",
6167 const char *, NULL)
6169 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6170 DEFHOOKPOD
6171 (var_prefix,
6172 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6173 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6174 const char *, NULL)
6176 DEFHOOKPOD
6177 (tmpl_prefix,
6178 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6179 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6180 const char *, NULL)
6182 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6183 DEFHOOK
6184 (var_fields,
6185 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6186 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6187 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6188 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6189 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6190 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6191 default_emutls_var_fields)
6193 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6194 DEFHOOK
6195 (var_init,
6196 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6197 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6198 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6199 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6200 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6201 default_emutls_var_init)
6203 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6204 proxy variable. */
6205 DEFHOOKPOD
6206 (var_align_fixed,
6207 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6208 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6209 single objects. The default is false.",
6210 bool, false)
6212 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6213 DEFHOOKPOD
6214 (debug_form_tls_address,
6215 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6216 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6217 bool, false)
6219 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6221 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6222 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6223 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6225 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6226 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6227 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6228 DEFHOOK
6229 (valid_attribute_p,
6230 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6231 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6232 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6233 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6234 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6236 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6237 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6238 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6239 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6240 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6242 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6243 DEFHOOK
6244 (save,
6245 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6246 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6247 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6248 @xref{Option file format}.",
6249 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6251 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6252 structure. */
6253 DEFHOOK
6254 (restore,
6255 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6256 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6257 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6258 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6260 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6261 streamed in. */
6262 DEFHOOK
6263 (post_stream_in,
6264 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6265 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6266 LTO bytecode.",
6267 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6269 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6270 structure. */
6271 DEFHOOK
6272 (print,
6273 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6274 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6275 function-specific options.",
6276 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6278 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6279 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6280 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6281 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6282 DEFHOOK
6283 (pragma_parse,
6284 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6285 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6286 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6287 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6288 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6289 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6291 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6292 DEFHOOK
6293 (override,
6294 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6295 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6296 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6297 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6299 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6300 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6302 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6303 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6304 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6305 void, (void),
6306 hook_void_void)
6308 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6309 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6310 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6311 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6312 DEFHOOK
6313 (function_versions,
6314 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6315 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6316 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6317 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6318 different target machines.",
6319 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6320 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6322 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6323 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6324 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6325 DEFHOOK
6326 (can_inline_p,
6327 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6328 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6329 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6330 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6331 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6332 default_target_can_inline_p)
6334 DEFHOOK
6335 (relayout_function,
6336 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6337 void, (tree fndecl),
6338 hook_void_tree)
6340 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6342 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6343 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6344 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6345 DEFHOOK
6346 (extra_live_on_entry,
6347 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6348 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6349 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6350 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6351 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6352 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6353 void, (bitmap regs),
6354 hook_void_bitmap)
6356 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6357 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6358 definition. */
6359 DEFHOOKPOD
6360 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6361 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6362 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6363 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6364 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6365 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6366 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6367 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6368 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6369 bool,
6370 false)
6372 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6373 DEFHOOK
6374 (set_up_by_prologue,
6375 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6376 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6377 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6378 NULL)
6380 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6381 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6382 function attribute. */
6383 DEFHOOK
6384 (warn_func_return,
6385 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6386 bool, (tree),
6387 hook_bool_tree_true)
6389 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6390 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6391 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6393 DEFHOOK
6394 (get_separate_components,
6395 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6396 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6397 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6398 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6399 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6400 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6401 sbitmap, (void),
6402 NULL)
6404 DEFHOOK
6405 (components_for_bb,
6406 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6407 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6408 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6409 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6410 NULL)
6412 DEFHOOK
6413 (disqualify_components,
6414 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6415 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6416 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6417 epilogue instead.",
6418 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6419 NULL)
6421 DEFHOOK
6422 (emit_prologue_components,
6423 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6424 void, (sbitmap),
6425 NULL)
6427 DEFHOOK
6428 (emit_epilogue_components,
6429 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6430 void, (sbitmap),
6431 NULL)
6433 DEFHOOK
6434 (set_handled_components,
6435 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6436 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6437 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6438 will be deleted after this call.",
6439 void, (sbitmap),
6440 NULL)
6442 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6443 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6444 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6446 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6447 DEFHOOK
6448 (debug_unwind_info,
6449 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6450 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6451 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6452 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6454 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6455 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6457 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6458 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6459 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6460 default_debug_unwind_info)
6462 DEFHOOK
6463 (reset_location_view, "\
6464 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6465 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6466 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6467 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6469 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6470 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6471 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6472 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6473 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6475 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6476 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6477 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6479 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6480 defined at this time. */
6481 DEFHOOK
6482 (canonicalize_comparison,
6483 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6484 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6485 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6486 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6488 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6489 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6490 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6491 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6492 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6493 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6494 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6496 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6497 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6498 @file{md} file.\n\
6500 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6501 comparison code or operands.",
6502 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6503 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6505 DEFHOOK
6506 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6507 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6508 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6509 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6511 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6512 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6513 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6515 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6516 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6517 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6519 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6520 defined to 1.",
6521 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6523 DEFHOOKPOD
6524 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6525 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6526 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6527 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6528 unsigned char, 1)
6530 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6531 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6532 as needed. */
6533 DEFHOOK
6534 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6535 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6536 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6537 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6538 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6539 hook_uint_mode_0)
6541 DEFHOOK
6542 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6543 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6544 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6545 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6546 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6547 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6548 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6549 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6550 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6551 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6552 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6553 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6554 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6555 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6556 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6557 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6558 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6559 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6561 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6563 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6564 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6565 DEFHOOKPOD
6566 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6567 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6568 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6569 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6570 bool, false)
6572 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6573 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6574 DEFHOOKPOD
6575 (have_ctors_dtors,
6576 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6577 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6578 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6579 bool, false)
6581 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6582 DEFHOOKPOD
6583 (have_tls,
6584 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6585 The default value is false.",
6586 bool, false)
6588 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6589 DEFHOOKPOD
6590 (have_srodata_section,
6591 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6592 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6593 bool, false)
6595 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6596 DEFHOOKPOD
6597 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6598 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6599 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6600 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6601 true otherwise.",
6602 bool, true)
6604 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6605 DEFHOOKPOD
6606 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6607 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6608 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6609 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6610 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6611 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6612 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6613 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6615 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6616 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6617 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6618 bool, false)
6620 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6621 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6622 DEFHOOKPOD
6623 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6624 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6625 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6626 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6627 this to be done. The default is false.",
6628 bool, false)
6630 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6631 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6632 DEFHOOKPOD
6633 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6634 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6635 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6636 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6637 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6638 bool, false)
6640 DEFHOOKPOD
6641 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6642 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6643 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6644 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6645 bool, false)
6647 DEFHOOKPOD
6648 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6649 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6650 bool, false)
6652 DEFHOOKPOD
6653 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6654 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6655 bool, false)
6657 DEFHOOKPOD
6658 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6659 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6660 targets.",
6661 bool, false)
6663 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6665 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6666 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6667 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6668 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6670 DEFHOOK
6671 (emit,
6672 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6673 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6675 DEFHOOK
6676 (needed,
6677 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6678 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6680 DEFHOOK
6681 (after,
6682 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6683 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6685 DEFHOOK
6686 (entry,
6687 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6688 int, (int entity), NULL)
6690 DEFHOOK
6691 (exit,
6692 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6693 int, (int entity), NULL)
6695 DEFHOOK
6696 (priority,
6697 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6698 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6700 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6702 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6703 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6705 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6706 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6707 #include "target-insns.def"
6708 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6710 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6711 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6712 #include "target-insns.def"
6713 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6715 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6716 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6717 #include "target-insns.def"
6718 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6720 DEFHOOK
6721 (run_target_selftests,
6722 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6723 void, (void),
6724 NULL)
6726 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6727 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)